Sema.h revision 684190b8dbe5258f4708ffbd816b8c5ee5b3502d
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 42#include <deque> 43#include <string> 44 45namespace llvm { 46 class APSInt; 47 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 48 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 49 class SmallBitVector; 50} 51 52namespace clang { 53 class ADLResult; 54 class ASTConsumer; 55 class ASTContext; 56 class ASTMutationListener; 57 class ASTReader; 58 class ASTWriter; 59 class ArrayType; 60 class AttributeList; 61 class BlockDecl; 62 class CXXBasePath; 63 class CXXBasePaths; 64 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 65 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 66 class CXXConstructorDecl; 67 class CXXConversionDecl; 68 class CXXDestructorDecl; 69 class CXXFieldCollector; 70 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 71 class CXXMethodDecl; 72 class CXXScopeSpec; 73 class CXXTemporary; 74 class CXXTryStmt; 75 class CallExpr; 76 class ClassTemplateDecl; 77 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 78 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 79 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 80 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 81 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 82 class CodeCompletionResult; 83 class Decl; 84 class DeclAccessPair; 85 class DeclContext; 86 class DeclRefExpr; 87 class DeclaratorDecl; 88 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 89 class DependentDiagnostic; 90 class DesignatedInitExpr; 91 class Designation; 92 class EnumConstantDecl; 93 class Expr; 94 class ExtVectorType; 95 class ExternalSemaSource; 96 class FormatAttr; 97 class FriendDecl; 98 class FunctionDecl; 99 class FunctionProtoType; 100 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 101 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 102 class InitListExpr; 103 class InitializationKind; 104 class InitializationSequence; 105 class InitializedEntity; 106 class IntegerLiteral; 107 class LabelStmt; 108 class LambdaExpr; 109 class LangOptions; 110 class LocalInstantiationScope; 111 class LookupResult; 112 class MacroInfo; 113 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 114 class NamedDecl; 115 class NonNullAttr; 116 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 117 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 118 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 119 class ObjCContainerDecl; 120 class ObjCImplDecl; 121 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 123 class ObjCIvarDecl; 124 template <class T> class ObjCList; 125 class ObjCMessageExpr; 126 class ObjCMethodDecl; 127 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 128 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 129 class OverloadCandidateSet; 130 class OverloadExpr; 131 class ParenListExpr; 132 class ParmVarDecl; 133 class Preprocessor; 134 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 135 class PseudoObjectExpr; 136 class QualType; 137 class StandardConversionSequence; 138 class Stmt; 139 class StringLiteral; 140 class SwitchStmt; 141 class TargetAttributesSema; 142 class TemplateArgument; 143 class TemplateArgumentList; 144 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 145 class TemplateDecl; 146 class TemplateParameterList; 147 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 148 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 149 class Token; 150 class TypeAliasDecl; 151 class TypedefDecl; 152 class TypedefNameDecl; 153 class TypeLoc; 154 class UnqualifiedId; 155 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 156 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 157 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 158 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 159 class UsingDecl; 160 class UsingShadowDecl; 161 class ValueDecl; 162 class VarDecl; 163 class VisibilityAttr; 164 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 165 class IndirectFieldDecl; 166 167namespace sema { 168 class AccessedEntity; 169 class BlockScopeInfo; 170 class CompoundScopeInfo; 171 class DelayedDiagnostic; 172 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 173 class FunctionScopeInfo; 174 class LambdaScopeInfo; 175 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 176 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 177} 178 179// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 180// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 181typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 182 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 183 184/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 185class Sema { 186 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 187 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 188 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 189public: 190 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 191 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 192 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 193 194 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 195 FPOptions FPFeatures; 196 197 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 198 Preprocessor &PP; 199 ASTContext &Context; 200 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 201 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 202 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 203 204 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 205 bool CollectStats; 206 207 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 208 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 209 210 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 211 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 212 213 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 214 DeclContext *CurContext; 215 216 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 217 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 218 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 219 220 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 221 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 222 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 223 224 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment 225 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 226 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 227 228 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on 229 230 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility. 231 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 232 233 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 234 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 235 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 236 237 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 238 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 239 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 240 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 241 242 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 243 244 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 245 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 246 /// 247 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 248 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 249 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 250 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 251 252 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 253 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 254 ExtVectorDeclsType; 255 256 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 257 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 258 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 259 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 260 261 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 262 /// definitions being hidden. 263 /// 264 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 265 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 266 267 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 268 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 269 270 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 271 272 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 273 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 274 /// same list more than once. 275 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 276 277 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 278 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 280 281 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 282 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 283 /// 284 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 285 /// scoped, e.g., 286 /// 287 /// \code 288 /// void f() { 289 /// void foo(int, int); 290 /// } 291 /// \endcode 292 /// 293 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 294 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 295 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 296 /// 297 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 298 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 299 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 300 /// compatibility. 301 /// 302 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 303 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 304 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 305 /// not visible. 306 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 307 308 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 309 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 310 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 311 312 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 313 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 314 TentativeDefinitionsType; 315 316 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 317 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 318 319 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 320 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 321 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 322 323 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 324 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 325 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 329 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 332 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 333 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 334 335 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 336 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 337 /// exception spec. 338 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 339 340 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 341 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 342 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 343 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 344 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 345 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 346 347 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 348 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 349 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 350 void *OpaqueParser; 351 352 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 353 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 354 OpaqueParser = P; 355 } 356 357 class DelayedDiagnostics; 358 359 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 360 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 361 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 362 }; 363 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 364 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 365 366 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 367 /// during parsing and other processing. 368 class DelayedDiagnostics { 369 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 370 /// diagnostics should go. 371 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 372 373 public: 374 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 375 376 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 377 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 378 379 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 380 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 381 382 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 383 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 384 return CurPool; 385 } 386 387 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 388 /// collected in this pool. 389 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 390 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 391 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 392 CurPool = &pool; 393 return state; 394 } 395 396 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 397 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 398 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 399 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 400 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 401 } 402 403 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 404 /// not delayed. 405 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 406 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 407 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 408 CurPool = 0; 409 return state; 410 } 411 412 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 413 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 414 assert(CurPool == NULL); 415 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 416 } 417 } DelayedDiagnostics; 418 419 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 420 class ContextRAII { 421 private: 422 Sema &S; 423 DeclContext *SavedContext; 424 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 425 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 426 427 public: 428 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 429 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 430 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 431 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 432 { 433 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 434 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 435 } 436 437 void pop() { 438 if (!SavedContext) return; 439 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 440 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 441 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 442 SavedContext = 0; 443 } 444 445 ~ContextRAII() { 446 pop(); 447 } 448 }; 449 450 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 451 /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 452 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 453 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 454 455 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 456 /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 457 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 458 /// in the currently selected standard. 459 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 460 461 462 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 463 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 464 465 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 466 /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 467 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 468 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 469 /// It would be best to refactor this. 470 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 471 472 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 473 474 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 475 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 476 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 477 Scope *TUScope; 478 479 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 480 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 481 482 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 483 /// standard library. 484 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 485 486 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 487 /// <initializer_list>. 488 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>. 491 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 492 493 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 494 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 495 496 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 497 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 498 499 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 500 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 501 502 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 503 QualType NSNumberPointer; 504 505 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 506 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 512 QualType NSStringPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 519 520 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 521 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 524 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 527 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 528 529 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 530 QualType QIDNSCopying; 531 532 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 533 /// have been declared. 534 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 535 536 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 537 /// call was found yet. 538 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 539 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 540 /// call was found yet. 541 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 542 543 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 544 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 545 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 546 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 547 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 548 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 549 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 550 /// run time. 551 Unevaluated, 552 553 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 554 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 555 /// cases in a switch statment). 556 ConstantEvaluated, 557 558 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 559 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 560 /// expression at run time. 561 PotentiallyEvaluated, 562 563 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 564 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 565 /// in fact the current expression is used. 566 /// 567 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 568 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 569 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 570 /// until the default argument is used. 571 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 572 }; 573 574 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 575 /// expression evaluation contexts. 576 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 577 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 578 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 579 580 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 581 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 582 583 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 584 bool IsDecltype; 585 586 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 587 /// this expression evaluation context. 588 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 589 590 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 591 592 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 593 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 594 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 597 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 598 /// default function argument. 599 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 600 601 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 602 /// within this context. 603 /// 604 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 605 /// do not have lambda expressions. 606 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 607 608 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 609 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 610 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 611 612 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 613 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 614 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 615 616 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 617 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 618 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 619 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 620 bool IsDecltype) 621 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 622 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 623 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 624 625 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 626 delete LambdaMangle; 627 } 628 629 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 630 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 631 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 632 if (!LambdaMangle) 633 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 634 return *LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 }; 637 638 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 639 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 640 641 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 642 /// function. 643 /// 644 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 645 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 646 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 647 public: 648 enum Kind { 649 NoMemberOrDeleted, 650 Ambiguous, 651 Success 652 }; 653 654 private: 655 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 656 657 public: 658 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 659 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 660 {} 661 662 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 663 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 664 665 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 666 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 667 }; 668 669 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 670 /// for C++ records. 671 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 672 673 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 674 /// 675 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 676 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 677 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 678 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 679 /// checks. 680 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 681 682 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 683 684 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 685 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 686 687 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 688 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 689 690 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 691 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 692 /// 693 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 694 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 695 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 696 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 697 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 698 699 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 700 // argument locations. 701 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 702 703 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 704 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 705 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 706 707 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 708 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 709 710 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 711 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 712 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 713 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 714 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 715 716 /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation 717 /// of -Wselector. 718 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 719 720 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 721 722 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 723 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 724 725 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 726 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 727 /// should not be used elsewhere. 728 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 729 730public: 731 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 732 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 733 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 734 ~Sema(); 735 736 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 737 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 738 void Initialize(); 739 740 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 741 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 742 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 743 744 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 745 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 746 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 747 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 748 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 749 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 750 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 751 752 void PrintStats() const; 753 754 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 755 /// template instantiation stacks. 756 /// 757 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 758 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 759 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 761 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 762 /// well. 763 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 764 Sema &SemaRef; 765 unsigned DiagID; 766 767 public: 768 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 769 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 770 771 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 772 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 773 if (!isActive()) return; 774 775 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 776 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 777 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 778 // 779 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 780 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 781 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 782 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 783 // eliminate that code. 784 FlushCounts(); 785 Clear(); 786 787 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 788 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 789 } 790 }; 791 792 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 793 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 794 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 795 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 796 } 797 798 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 800 801 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 802 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 803 804 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 805 806 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 807 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 808 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 809 810 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 811 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 812 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 813 814 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 815 816 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 817 818 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 819 820 void PushFunctionScope(); 821 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 822 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 823 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 824 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 825 826 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 827 return FunctionScopes.back(); 828 } 829 830 void PushCompoundScope(); 831 void PopCompoundScope(); 832 833 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 834 835 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 836 837 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 838 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 839 840 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 841 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 842 843 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls 844 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 845 846 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 847 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 848 // 849 850 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 851 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 852 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 853 } 854 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 855 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 856 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 857 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 858 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 859 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 860 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 861 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 862 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 863 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 864 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 865 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 866 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 868 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 869 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 870 SourceLocation Loc, 871 DeclarationName Entity); 872 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 873 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 874 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 875 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 876 877 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 878 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 879 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 880 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 881 882 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 883 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 884 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 885 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 886 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 887 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 888 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 889 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 890 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 891 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 892 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 893 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 894 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 895 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 897 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 900 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 901 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 902 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 903 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 904 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 905 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 906 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 907 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 908 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 909 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 911 912 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 913 914 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 915 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 916 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 917 918 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 919 struct TypeDiagnoser { 920 bool Suppressed; 921 922 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 923 924 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 925 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 926 }; 927 928 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 929 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 930 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 931 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 932 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 933 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 934 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 935 return II; 936 } 937 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 938 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 939 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 940 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 941 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 942 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 943 944 template<typename T1> 945 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 946 unsigned DiagID; 947 const T1 &Arg1; 948 949 public: 950 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 951 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 952 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 953 if (Suppressed) return; 954 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 955 } 956 957 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 958 }; 959 960 template<typename T1, typename T2> 961 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 962 unsigned DiagID; 963 const T1 &Arg1; 964 const T2 &Arg2; 965 966 public: 967 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 968 const T2 &Arg2) 969 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 970 Arg2(Arg2) { } 971 972 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 973 if (Suppressed) return; 974 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 975 } 976 977 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 978 }; 979 980 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 981 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 982 unsigned DiagID; 983 const T1 &Arg1; 984 const T2 &Arg2; 985 const T3 &Arg3; 986 987 public: 988 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 989 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 990 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 991 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 992 993 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 994 if (Suppressed) return; 995 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 996 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 997 } 998 999 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1000 }; 1001 1002 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1003 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1004 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1005 unsigned DiagID); 1006 1007 template<typename T1> 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1010 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1011 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1012 } 1013 1014 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1015 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1016 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1017 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1018 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1019 } 1020 1021 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1022 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1023 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1024 const T3 &Arg3) { 1025 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1026 Arg3); 1027 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1028 } 1029 1030 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1031 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1032 1033 template<typename T1> 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1036 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1037 } 1038 1039 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2) { 1042 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1043 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1044 } 1045 1046 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1047 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1049 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1050 Arg3); 1051 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1052 } 1053 1054 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1055 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1056 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1057 1058 template<typename T1> 1059 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1060 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1062 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1063 } 1064 1065 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1067 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1069 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1070 } 1071 1072 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1073 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1074 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1075 const T3 &Arg3) { 1076 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1077 Arg3); 1078 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1079 } 1080 1081 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1082 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1083 1084 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1085 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1086 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1087 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1088 SourceLocation Loc); 1089 1090 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1091 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1092 // 1093 1094 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1095 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1096 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1097 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1098 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1099 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1100 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1101 /// such as: 1102 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1103 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1104 1105 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1106 1107 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1108 1109 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1110 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1111 bool isClassName = false, 1112 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1113 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1114 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1115 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1116 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1117 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1118 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1119 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1120 SourceLocation IILoc, 1121 Scope *S, 1122 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1123 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1124 1125 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1126 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1127 enum NameClassificationKind { 1128 NC_Unknown, 1129 NC_Error, 1130 NC_Keyword, 1131 NC_Type, 1132 NC_Expression, 1133 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1134 NC_TypeTemplate, 1135 NC_FunctionTemplate 1136 }; 1137 1138 class NameClassification { 1139 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1140 ExprResult Expr; 1141 TemplateName Template; 1142 ParsedType Type; 1143 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1144 1145 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1146 1147 public: 1148 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1149 1150 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1151 1152 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1153 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1154 1155 static NameClassification Error() { 1156 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1157 } 1158 1159 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1160 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1161 } 1162 1163 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1164 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1165 } 1166 1167 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1168 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1169 Result.Template = Name; 1170 return Result; 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1180 1181 ParsedType getType() const { 1182 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1183 return Type; 1184 } 1185 1186 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1187 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1188 return Expr; 1189 } 1190 1191 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1192 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1193 return Template; 1194 } 1195 1196 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1197 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1198 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1199 } 1200}; 1201 1202 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1203 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1204 /// 1205 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1206 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1207 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1208 /// 1209 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1210 /// 1211 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1212 /// 1213 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1214 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1215 /// 1216 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1217 /// 1218 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1219 /// disambiguate the name. 1220 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1221 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1222 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1223 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1224 const Token &NextToken); 1225 1226 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1227 1228 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1229 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1230 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1231 const LookupResult &Previous, 1232 Scope *S); 1233 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1234 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1235 DeclarationName Name, 1236 SourceLocation Loc); 1237 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1238 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1239 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1240 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1241 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1242 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1244 LookupResult &Previous); 1245 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1246 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1247 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1249 LookupResult &Previous, 1250 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1251 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1252 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1253 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1254 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1255 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1256 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, 1259 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1260 bool &AddToScope); 1261 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1262 1263 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1264 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1265 1266 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1267 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1268 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1269 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1270 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1271 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1272 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1273 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1274 SourceLocation Loc, 1275 QualType T); 1276 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1277 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1278 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1279 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1280 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1281 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1282 Expr *defarg); 1283 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1284 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1285 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1287 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1288 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1289 1290 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1291 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1292 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1293 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1294 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1295 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1296 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1297 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1298 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1299 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1300 Decl **Group, 1301 unsigned NumDecls); 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1303 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1304 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1305 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1306 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1307 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1308 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1309 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1310 1311 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1312 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1313 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1314 1315 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1316 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1317 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1318 1319 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1320 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1321 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1322 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1323 1324 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1325 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1326 /// specified threshold. 1327 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1328 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1329 QualType ReturnTy, 1330 NamedDecl *D); 1331 1332 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1333 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1334 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1336 1337 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1340 /// 1341 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param Path The module access path. 1344 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1345 ModuleIdPath Path); 1346 1347 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1348 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1349 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1350 } 1351 1352 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1353 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1354 const Preprocessor &PP); 1355 1356 /// Scope actions. 1357 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1358 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1359 1360 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1361 DeclSpec &DS); 1362 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1363 DeclSpec &DS, 1364 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1365 1366 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1367 AccessSpecifier AS, 1368 RecordDecl *Record); 1369 1370 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1371 RecordDecl *Record); 1372 1373 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1374 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1375 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1376 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1377 1378 enum TagUseKind { 1379 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1380 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1381 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1382 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1383 }; 1384 1385 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1386 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1387 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1388 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1389 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1390 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1391 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1392 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1393 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1394 1395 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1396 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1397 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1398 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1399 AttributeList *Attr, 1400 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1401 1402 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1403 unsigned TagSpec, 1404 TagUseKind TUK, 1405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1406 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1407 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1408 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1409 1410 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1411 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1412 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1413 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1414 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1415 1416 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1417 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1418 AccessSpecifier AS); 1419 1420 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1423 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1424 SourceLocation TSSL, 1425 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1426 Declarator *D = 0); 1427 1428 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1429 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1430 CXXCopyConstructor, 1431 CXXMoveConstructor, 1432 CXXCopyAssignment, 1433 CXXMoveAssignment, 1434 CXXDestructor, 1435 CXXInvalid 1436 }; 1437 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1438 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1439 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1440 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1441 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1442 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1444 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1445 1446 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1447 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1448 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1449 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1450 AttributeList *AttrList); 1451 1452 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1453 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1454 /// struct, or union). 1455 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1456 1457 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1458 1459 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1460 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1461 /// member declarations. 1462 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1463 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1464 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1465 1466 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1467 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1468 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1469 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1470 1471 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1472 1473 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1474 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1475 /// 1476 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1477 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1478 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1479 1480 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1481 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1482 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1483 1484 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1485 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1486 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1487 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1488 Expr *val); 1489 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1490 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1491 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1492 1493 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1494 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1495 AttributeList *Attrs, 1496 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1497 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1498 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1499 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1500 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1501 1502 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1503 1504 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1505 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1506 void PopDeclContext(); 1507 1508 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1509 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1510 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1511 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1512 1513 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1514 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1515 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1516 1517 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1518 1519 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1520 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1521 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1522 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1523 1524 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1525 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1526 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1527 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1528 1529 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1530 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1531 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1532 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1533 1534 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1535 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1536 1537 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1538 /// top level scope. 1539 /// 1540 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1541 /// 1542 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1543 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1544 1545 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1546 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1547 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1548 /// 1549 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1550 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1551 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1552 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1553 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1554 1555 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1556 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1557 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1558 1559 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1560 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1562 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1563 1564 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1565 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1566 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1567 VersionTuple Introduced, 1568 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1569 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1570 bool IsUnavailable, 1571 StringRef Message); 1572 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1573 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1574 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1575 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1576 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1577 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1578 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1579 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1580 1581 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1582 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1583 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1584 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1585 Scope *S); 1586 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1587 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1588 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1589 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1590 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1591 1592 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1593 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1594 enum AssignmentAction { 1595 AA_Assigning, 1596 AA_Passing, 1597 AA_Returning, 1598 AA_Converting, 1599 AA_Initializing, 1600 AA_Sending, 1601 AA_Casting 1602 }; 1603 1604 /// C++ Overloading. 1605 enum OverloadKind { 1606 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1607 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1608 Ovl_Overload, 1609 1610 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1611 /// an existing declaration. 1612 Ovl_Match, 1613 1614 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1615 /// non-function. 1616 Ovl_NonFunction 1617 }; 1618 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1619 FunctionDecl *New, 1620 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1621 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1622 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1623 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1624 1625 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1626 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1627 /// 1628 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1629 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1630 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1631 1632 ImplicitConversionSequence 1633 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1634 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1635 bool AllowExplicit, 1636 bool InOverloadResolution, 1637 bool CStyle, 1638 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1639 1640 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1641 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1642 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1643 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1644 bool InOverloadResolution, 1645 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1646 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1647 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1648 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1649 QualType &ConvertedType); 1650 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1651 QualType& ConvertedType); 1652 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1653 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1654 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1655 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1656 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1657 1658 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1659 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1660 CastKind &Kind, 1661 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1662 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1663 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1664 bool InOverloadResolution, 1665 QualType &ConvertedType); 1666 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1667 CastKind &Kind, 1668 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1669 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1670 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1671 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1672 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1673 QualType &ResultTy); 1674 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1675 1676 1677 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1678 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1679 QualType ResultType, 1680 Expr *Value, 1681 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1682 1683 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1684 ExprResult Init); 1685 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1686 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1687 ExprResult Init, 1688 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1689 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1690 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1691 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1692 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1693 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1694 1695 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1696 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1697 1698 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1699 enum CCEKind { 1700 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1701 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1702 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1703 }; 1704 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1705 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1706 1707 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1708 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1709 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1710 public: 1711 bool Suppress; 1712 bool SuppressConversion; 1713 1714 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1715 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1716 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1717 1718 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1719 /// integral or enumeration type. 1720 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1721 QualType T) = 0; 1722 1723 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1724 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1725 QualType T) = 0; 1726 1727 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1728 /// is explicit. 1729 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1730 QualType T, 1731 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1732 1733 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1734 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1735 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1736 1737 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1738 /// functions. 1739 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1740 QualType T) = 0; 1741 1742 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1743 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1744 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1745 1746 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1747 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1748 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1749 QualType T, 1750 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1751 1752 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1753 }; 1754 1755 ExprResult 1756 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1757 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1758 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1759 1760 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1761 OS_Array, 1762 OS_Dictionary, 1763 OS_Error 1764 }; 1765 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1766 1767 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1768 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1769 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1770 NamedDecl *Member); 1771 1772 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1773 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1774 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1775 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1776 1777 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1778 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1779 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1780 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1781 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1782 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1783 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1784 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1785 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1786 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1787 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1788 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1789 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1790 QualType ObjectType, 1791 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1792 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1793 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1794 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1795 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1796 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1797 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1798 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1799 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1800 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1801 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1802 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1803 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1804 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1805 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1806 QualType ObjectType, 1807 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1808 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1809 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1810 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1811 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1812 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1814 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1815 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1816 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1817 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1818 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1819 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1820 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1821 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1822 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1823 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1824 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1825 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1826 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1827 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1828 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1829 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1830 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1831 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1832 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1833 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1834 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1835 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1836 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1837 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1838 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1839 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1840 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1841 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1842 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1843 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1844 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1845 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1846 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1847 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1848 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1849 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1850 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1851 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1852 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1853 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1854 1855 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1856 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1857 1858 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1859 // identified by the expression Expr 1860 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1861 1862 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1863 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1864 // R (A) --> R(A) 1865 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1866 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1867 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1868 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1869 1870 FunctionDecl * 1871 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1872 QualType TargetType, 1873 bool Complain, 1874 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1875 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1878 bool Complain = false, 1879 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1880 1881 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1882 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1883 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1884 bool Complain = false, 1885 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1886 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1887 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1888 1889 1890 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1891 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1892 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1893 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1894 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1895 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1896 1897 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1898 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1899 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1900 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1901 1902 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1903 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1904 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1905 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1906 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1907 Expr *ExecConfig, 1908 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1909 1910 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1911 unsigned Opc, 1912 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1913 Expr *input); 1914 1915 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1916 unsigned Opc, 1917 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1918 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1919 1920 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1921 SourceLocation RLoc, 1922 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1923 1924 ExprResult 1925 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1926 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1927 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1928 ExprResult 1929 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1930 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1932 1933 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1934 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1935 1936 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1937 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1938 /// that best represents the call. 1939 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1940 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1941 1942 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1943 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1944 bool CheckParameterNames); 1945 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1946 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1947 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1948 1949 /// \name Name lookup 1950 /// 1951 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1952 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1953 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1954 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1955 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1956 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1957 /// 1958 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1959 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1960 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1961 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1962 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1963 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1964 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1965 /// 1966 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1967 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1968 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1969 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1970 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1971 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1972 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1973 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1974 //@{ 1975 1976 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1977 enum LookupNameKind { 1978 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1979 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1980 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1981 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1982 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1983 /// structs, and unions. 1984 LookupTagName, 1985 /// Label name lookup. 1986 LookupLabel, 1987 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1988 /// class/struct/union members. 1989 LookupMemberName, 1990 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 1991 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 1992 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 1993 LookupOperatorName, 1994 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 1995 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 1996 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 1997 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 1998 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 1999 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2000 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2001 LookupNamespaceName, 2002 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2003 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2004 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2005 LookupUsingDeclName, 2006 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2007 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2008 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2009 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2010 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2011 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2012 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2013 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2014 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2015 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2016 LookupAnyName 2017 }; 2018 2019 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2020 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2021 enum RedeclarationKind { 2022 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2023 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2024 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2025 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2026 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2027 ForRedeclaration 2028 }; 2029 2030 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2031 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2032 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2033 LOLR_Error, 2034 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2035 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2036 LOLR_Cooked, 2037 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2038 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2039 LOLR_Raw, 2040 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2041 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2042 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2043 LOLR_Template 2044 }; 2045 2046 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2047 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2048 bool ConstArg, 2049 bool VolatileArg, 2050 bool RValueThis, 2051 bool ConstThis, 2052 bool VolatileThis); 2053 2054private: 2055 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2056 2057 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2058 // 2059 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2060 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2061 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2062 2063 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2064 /// source. 2065 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2066 2067public: 2068 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2069 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2070 /// 2071 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2072 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2073 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2074 SourceLocation Loc, 2075 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2076 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2077 = NotForRedeclaration); 2078 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2079 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2080 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2081 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2082 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2083 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2084 bool EnteringContext = false); 2085 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2086 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2087 = NotForRedeclaration); 2088 2089 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2090 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2091 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2092 2093 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2094 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2095 2096 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2097 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2098 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2099 unsigned Quals); 2100 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2101 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2102 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2103 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2104 unsigned ThisQuals); 2105 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2106 2107 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2108 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2109 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2110 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2111 2112 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2113 SourceLocation Loc, 2114 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2115 ADLResult &Functions, 2116 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2117 2118 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2119 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2120 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2121 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2122 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2123 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2124 2125 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2126 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2127 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2128 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2129 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2130 bool EnteringContext = false, 2131 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2132 2133 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2134 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2135 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2136 2137 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2138 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2139 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2140 2141 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2142 //@} 2143 2144 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2145 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2146 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2147 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2148 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2149 SourceLocation Loc); 2150 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2151 Scope *S); 2152 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2153 2154 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2155 2156 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2157 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2158 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2159 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2160 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2161 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2162 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2163 2164 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2165 2166 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2167 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2168 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2169 2170 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2171 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2172 SourceRange Range); 2173 2174 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2175 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2176 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2177 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2178 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2179 2180 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2181 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2182 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2183 2184 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2185 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2186 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2187 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2188 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2189 2190 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2191 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2192 2193 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2194 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2195 2196 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2197 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2198 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2199 /// inherited. 2200 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2201 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2202 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2203 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2204 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2205 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2206 2207 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2208 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2209 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2210 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2211 SourceLocation Loc); 2212 2213 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2214 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation. 2215 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2216 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2217 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2218 2219 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2220 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2221 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2222 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2223 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2224 2225 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2226 /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation. 2227 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2228 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2229 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2230 2231 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2232 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2233 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2234 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2235 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2236 2237 2238 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2239 /// its protocols. 2240 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2241 IdentifierInfo *II); 2242 2243 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in 2244 //// class extensions. 2245 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2246 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2247 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2248 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2249 Selector GetterSel, 2250 Selector SetterSel, 2251 const bool isAssign, 2252 const bool isReadWrite, 2253 const unsigned Attributes, 2254 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2255 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2256 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2257 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2258 2259 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2260 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface. 2261 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2262 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2263 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2264 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2265 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2266 Selector GetterSel, 2267 Selector SetterSel, 2268 const bool isAssign, 2269 const bool isReadWrite, 2270 const unsigned Attributes, 2271 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2272 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2273 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2274 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2275 2276 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2277 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2278 /// setter or getter. 2279 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2280 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2281 2282 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2283 2284 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2285 2286 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2287 MMS_loose, 2288 MMS_strict 2289 }; 2290 2291 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2292 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2293 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2294 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2295 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2296 2297 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2298 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2299 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2300 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2301 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2302 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2303 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2304 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2305 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2306 bool ImmediateClass, 2307 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2308 2309 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2310 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2311 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2312 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2313 2314 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2315 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2316 2317private: 2318 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2319 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2320 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2321 2322 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2323 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2324 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2325 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2326 bool warn, bool instance); 2327 2328public: 2329 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2330 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2331 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2332 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2333 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2334 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2335 } 2336 2337 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2338 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2339 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2340 } 2341 2342 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2343 /// pool. 2344 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2345 2346 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2347 /// there are multiple signatures. 2348 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2349 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2350 bool warn=true) { 2351 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2352 warn, /*instance*/true); 2353 } 2354 2355 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2356 /// there are multiple signatures. 2357 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2358 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2359 bool warn=true) { 2360 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2361 warn, /*instance*/false); 2362 } 2363 2364 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2365 /// implementation. 2366 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2367 2368 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2369 /// initialization. 2370 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2371 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2372 2373 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2374 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2375public: 2376 class FullExprArg { 2377 public: 2378 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2379 2380 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2381 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2382 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2383 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2384 2385 ExprResult release() { 2386 return move(E); 2387 } 2388 2389 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2390 2391 Expr *operator->() { 2392 return E; 2393 } 2394 2395 private: 2396 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2397 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2398 friend class Sema; 2399 2400 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2401 2402 Expr *E; 2403 }; 2404 2405 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2406 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2407 } 2408 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2409 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2410 } 2411 2412 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2413 2414 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2415 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2416 2417 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2418 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2419 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2420 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2421 bool isStmtExpr); 2422 2423 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2424 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2425 public: 2426 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2427 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2428 } 2429 2430 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2431 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2432 } 2433 2434 private: 2435 Sema &S; 2436 }; 2437 2438 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2439 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2440 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2441 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2442 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2443 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2444 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2445 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2446 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2447 2448 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2449 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2450 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2451 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2452 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2453 2454 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2455 Stmt *SubStmt); 2456 2457 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2458 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2459 Stmt *ThenVal, 2460 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2461 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2462 Expr *Cond, 2463 Decl *CondVar); 2464 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2465 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2466 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2467 FullExprArg Cond, 2468 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2469 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2470 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2471 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2472 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2473 2474 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2475 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2476 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2477 Decl *SecondVar, 2478 FullExprArg Third, 2479 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2480 Stmt *Body); 2481 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2482 Expr *collection); 2483 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2484 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2485 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2486 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2487 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2488 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2489 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2490 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2491 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2492 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2493 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2494 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2495 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2496 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2497 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2498 2499 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2500 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2501 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2502 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2503 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2504 Expr *DestExp); 2505 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2506 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2507 2508 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2509 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2510 2511 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2512 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2513 2514 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2515 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2516 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2517 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2518 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2519 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2520 Expr *AsmString, 2521 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2522 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2523 bool MSAsm = false); 2524 2525 2526 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2527 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2528 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2529 bool Invalid = false); 2530 2531 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2532 2533 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2534 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2535 2536 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2537 2538 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2539 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2540 2541 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2542 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2543 Scope *CurScope); 2544 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2545 Expr *operand); 2546 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2547 Expr *SynchExpr, 2548 Stmt *SynchBody); 2549 2550 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2551 2552 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2553 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2554 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2555 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2556 2557 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2558 2559 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2560 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2561 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2562 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2563 2564 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2565 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2566 Stmt *TryBlock, 2567 Stmt *Handler); 2568 2569 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2570 Expr *FilterExpr, 2571 Stmt *Block); 2572 2573 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2574 Stmt *Block); 2575 2576 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2577 2578 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2579 2580 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2581 /// of it. 2582 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2583 2584 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2585 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2586 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2587 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2588 2589 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2590 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2591 /// 2592 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2593 /// if (condition); 2594 /// do_stuff(); 2595 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2596 const Stmt *Body, 2597 unsigned DiagID); 2598 2599 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2600 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2601 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2602 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2603 2604 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2605 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2606 } 2607 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2608 2609 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2610 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2611 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2612 } 2613 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2614 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2615 } 2616 2617 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2618 2619 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2620 SourceLocation Loc, 2621 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2622 2623 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2624 2625 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2626 StringRef message); 2627 2628 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2629 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2630 2631 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2632 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2633 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2634 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2635 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2636 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2637 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2638 SourceLocation Loc); 2639 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2640 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2641 2642 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2643 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2644 bool IsDecltype = false); 2645 2646 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2647 2648 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2649 2650 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2651 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2652 2653 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2654 2655 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2656 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2657 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2658 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2659 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2660 // named expressions. 2661 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2662 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2663 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2664 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2665 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2666 2667 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2668 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2669 2670 enum TryCaptureKind { 2671 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2672 }; 2673 2674 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2675 /// 2676 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2677 /// 2678 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2679 /// 2680 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2681 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2682 /// 2683 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2684 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2685 /// 2686 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2687 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2688 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2689 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2690 /// 2691 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2692 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2693 /// variable can be captured. 2694 /// 2695 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture 2696 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2697 /// captured. 2698 /// 2699 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2700 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2701 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2702 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2703 QualType &CaptureType, 2704 QualType &DeclRefType); 2705 2706 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2707 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2708 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2709 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2710 2711 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2712 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2713 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2714 2715 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2716 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2717 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2718 2719 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2720 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2721 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2722 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2723 bool ForceComplain = false, 2724 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2725 2726 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2727 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2728 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2729 2730 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2731 /// evaluation context. 2732 /// 2733 /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until 2734 /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to 2735 /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the 2736 /// diagnostic will not be emitted. 2737 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2738 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2739 2740 // Primary Expressions. 2741 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2742 2743 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2744 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2745 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2746 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2747 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2748 2749 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2750 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2751 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2752 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2753 2754 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2755 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2756 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2757 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2758 2759 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2760 IdentifierInfo *II, 2761 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2762 2763 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2764 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2765 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2766 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2767 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2768 2769 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2770 ExprValueKind VK, 2771 SourceLocation Loc, 2772 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2773 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2774 ExprValueKind VK, 2775 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2776 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2777 ExprResult 2778 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2779 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2780 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2781 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2782 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2783 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2784 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2785 LookupResult &R, 2786 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2787 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2788 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2789 LookupResult &R, 2790 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2791 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2792 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2793 const LookupResult &R, 2794 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2795 2796 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2797 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2798 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2799 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2800 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2801 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2802 2803 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2804 LookupResult &R, 2805 bool NeedsADL); 2806 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2807 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2808 NamedDecl *D); 2809 2810 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2811 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2812 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2813 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2814 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2815 2816 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2817 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2818 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2819 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2820 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2821 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2822 SourceLocation R, 2823 MultiExprArg Val); 2824 2825 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2826 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2827 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2828 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2829 2830 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2831 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2832 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2833 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2834 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2835 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2836 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2837 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2838 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2839 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2840 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2841 Expr **Exprs, 2842 unsigned NumAssocs); 2843 2844 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2845 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2846 Expr *InputExpr); 2847 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2848 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2849 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2850 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2851 2852 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2853 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2854 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2855 SourceRange R); 2856 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2857 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2858 ExprResult 2859 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2860 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2861 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2862 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2863 2864 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2865 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2866 2867 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2868 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2869 SourceRange ExprRange, 2870 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2871 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2872 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2873 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2874 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2875 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2876 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2877 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2878 2879 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2880 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2881 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2882 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2883 2884 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2885 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2886 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2887 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2888 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2889 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2890 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2891 2892 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2893 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2894 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2895 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2896 // defines a custom operator->). 2897 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2898 Scope *S; 2899 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2900 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2901 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2902 }; 2903 2904 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2905 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2906 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2907 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2908 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2909 LookupResult &R, 2910 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2911 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2912 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2913 2914 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2915 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2916 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2917 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2918 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2919 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2920 2921 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2922 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2923 const LookupResult &R); 2924 2925 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2926 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2927 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2928 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2929 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2930 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2931 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2932 2933 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2934 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2935 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2936 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2937 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2938 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2939 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2940 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2941 2942 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2943 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2944 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2945 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2946 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2947 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2948 bool ExecConfig = false); 2949 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2950 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2951 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2952 2953 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2954 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2955 /// locations. 2956 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2957 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2958 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2959 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2960 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2961 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2962 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2963 Expr *Config = 0, 2964 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2965 2966 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2967 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2968 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2969 2970 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2971 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2972 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2973 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2974 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2975 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2976 Expr *Op); 2977 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2978 2979 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2980 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2981 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2982 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2983 2984 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2985 2986 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2987 ParsedType Ty, 2988 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2989 Expr *InitExpr); 2990 2991 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2992 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2993 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2994 Expr *LiteralExpr); 2995 2996 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2997 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 2998 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 2999 3000 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3001 SourceLocation Loc, 3002 bool GNUSyntax, 3003 ExprResult Init); 3004 3005 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3006 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3007 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3008 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3009 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3010 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3011 3012 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3013 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3014 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3015 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3016 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3017 3018 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3019 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3020 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3021 3022 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3023 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3024 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3025 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3026 3027 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3028 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3029 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3030 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3031 union { 3032 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3033 Expr *E; 3034 } U; 3035 }; 3036 3037 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3038 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3039 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3040 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3041 unsigned NumComponents, 3042 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3043 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3044 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3045 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3046 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3047 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3048 unsigned NumComponents, 3049 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3050 3051 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3052 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3053 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3054 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3055 3056 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3057 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3058 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3059 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3060 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3061 3062 // __null 3063 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3064 3065 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3066 3067 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3068 enum IfExistsResult { 3069 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3070 IER_Exists, 3071 3072 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3073 IER_DoesNotExist, 3074 3075 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3076 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3077 IER_Dependent, 3078 3079 /// \brief An error occurred. 3080 IER_Error 3081 }; 3082 3083 IfExistsResult 3084 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3085 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3086 3087 IfExistsResult 3088 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3089 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3090 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3091 3092 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3093 bool IsIfExists, 3094 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3095 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3096 Stmt *Nested); 3097 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3098 bool IsIfExists, 3099 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3100 Stmt *Nested); 3101 3102 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3103 3104 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3105 /// started. 3106 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3107 3108 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3109 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3110 void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3111 3112 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3113 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3114 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3115 3116 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3117 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3118 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3119 Scope *CurScope); 3120 3121 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3122 3123 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3124 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3125 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3126 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3127 3128 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3129 3130 // Act on C++ namespaces 3131 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3132 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3133 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3134 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3135 SourceLocation LBrace, 3136 AttributeList *AttrList); 3137 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3138 3139 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3140 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3141 3142 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3143 3144 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3145 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3146 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3147 3148 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3149 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3150 /// 3151 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3152 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3153 3154 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3155 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3156 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3157 3158 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3159 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3160 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3161 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3162 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3163 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3164 AttributeList *AttrList); 3165 3166 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3167 3168 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3169 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3170 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3171 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3172 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3173 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3174 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3175 3176 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3177 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3178 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3179 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3180 NamedDecl *Target); 3181 3182 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3183 bool isTypeName, 3184 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3185 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3186 const LookupResult &Previous); 3187 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3188 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3189 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3190 3191 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3192 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3193 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3194 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3195 AttributeList *AttrList, 3196 bool IsInstantiation, 3197 bool IsTypeName, 3198 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3199 3200 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3201 3202 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3203 AccessSpecifier AS, 3204 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3205 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3206 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3207 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3208 AttributeList *AttrList, 3209 bool IsTypeName, 3210 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3211 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3212 AccessSpecifier AS, 3213 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3214 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3215 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3216 TypeResult Type); 3217 3218 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3219 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3220 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3221 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3222 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3223 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3224 3225 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3226 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3227 /// 3228 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3229 ExprResult 3230 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3231 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3232 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3233 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3234 3235 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3236 // the constructor can be elidable? 3237 ExprResult 3238 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3239 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3240 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3241 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3242 SourceRange ParenRange); 3243 3244 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3245 /// the default expr if needed. 3246 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3247 FunctionDecl *FD, 3248 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3249 3250 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3251 /// constructed variable. 3252 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3253 3254 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3255 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3256 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3257 // Pointer to allow copying 3258 Sema *Self; 3259 // We order exception specifications thus: 3260 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3261 // throw() comes next. 3262 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3263 // Finally no specification. 3264 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3265 // 3266 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3267 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3268 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3269 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3270 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3271 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3272 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3273 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3274 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3275 3276 void ClearExceptions() { 3277 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3278 Exceptions.clear(); 3279 } 3280 3281 public: 3282 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3283 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3284 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3285 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3286 } 3287 3288 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3289 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3290 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3291 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3292 return ComputedEST; 3293 } 3294 3295 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3296 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3297 3298 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3299 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3300 3301 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3302 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3303 3304 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3305 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3306 3307 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3308 void SetDelayed() { 3309 ClearExceptions(); 3310 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3311 } 3312 3313 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3314 bool isDelayed() { 3315 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3316 } 3317 3318 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3319 /// computed exception specification. 3320 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3321 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3322 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3323 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3324 } 3325 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3326 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3327 getEPI(EPI); 3328 return EPI; 3329 } 3330 }; 3331 3332 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3333 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3334 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3335 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3336 3337 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3338 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3339 /// will be const. 3340 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3341 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3342 3343 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3344 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3345 /// parameter will be const. 3346 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3347 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3348 3349 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3350 /// constructor of a class will have. 3351 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3352 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3353 3354 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3355 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3356 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3357 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3358 3359 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3360 /// destructor of a class will have. 3361 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3362 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3363 3364 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3365 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3366 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3367 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3368 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3369 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3370 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3371 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3372 3373 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3374 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3375 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3376 bool Diagnose = false); 3377 3378 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3379 /// 3380 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3381 /// default constructor will be added. 3382 /// 3383 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3384 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3385 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3386 3387 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3388 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3389 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3390 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3391 3392 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3393 /// 3394 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3395 /// destructor will be added. 3396 /// 3397 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3398 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3399 3400 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3401 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3402 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3403 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3404 3405 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3406 /// 3407 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3408 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3409 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3410 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3411 bool WasDelayed = false); 3412 3413 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3414 /// 3415 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3416 /// constructors will be added. 3417 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3418 3419 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3420 /// 3421 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3422 /// copy constructor will be added. 3423 /// 3424 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3425 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3426 3427 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3428 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3429 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3430 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3431 3432 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3433 /// 3434 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3435 /// move constructor will be added. 3436 /// 3437 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3438 /// declared. 3439 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3440 3441 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3442 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3443 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3444 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3445 3446 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3447 /// 3448 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3449 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3450 /// 3451 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3452 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3453 3454 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3455 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3456 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3457 3458 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3459 /// 3460 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3461 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3462 /// 3463 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3464 /// wasn't declared. 3465 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3466 3467 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3468 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3469 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3470 3471 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3472 /// class. 3473 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3474 3475 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3476 /// special member function. 3477 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3478 3479 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3480 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3481 /// 3482 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3483 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3484 3485 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3486 /// member function. 3487 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3488 3489 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3490 /// static member function. 3491 /// 3492 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3493 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3494 3495 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3496 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3497 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3498 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3499 3500 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3501 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3502 SourceLocation Loc, 3503 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3504 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3505 3506 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3507 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3508 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3509 ParsedType ObjectType, 3510 bool EnteringContext); 3511 3512 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3513 3514 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3515 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3516 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3517 3518 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3519 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3520 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3521 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3522 Declarator &D, 3523 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3524 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3525 Expr *E, 3526 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3527 3528 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3529 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3530 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3531 Expr *E, 3532 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3533 SourceRange Parens); 3534 3535 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3536 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3537 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3538 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3539 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3540 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3541 Expr *Operand, 3542 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3543 3544 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3545 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3546 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3547 void *TyOrExpr, 3548 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3549 3550 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3551 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3552 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3553 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3554 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3555 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3556 Expr *Operand, 3557 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3558 3559 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3560 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3561 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3562 void *TyOrExpr, 3563 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3564 3565 3566 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3567 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3568 3569 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3570 /// 3571 /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context. 3572 /// 3573 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3574 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3575 3576 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3577 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3578 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3579 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3580 3581 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3582 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3583 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3584 Sema &S; 3585 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3586 bool Enabled; 3587 3588 public: 3589 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3590 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3591 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3592 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3593 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3594 bool Enabled = true); 3595 3596 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3597 }; 3598 3599 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3600 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3601 /// 3602 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3603 /// 3604 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3605 /// capture list. 3606 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3607 3608 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3609 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3610 /// being defined. 3611 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3612 3613 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3614 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3615 3616 3617 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3618 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3619 3620 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3621 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3622 3623 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3624 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3625 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3626 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3627 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3628 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3629 3630 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3631 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3632 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3633 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3634 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3635 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3636 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3637 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3638 3639 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3640 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3641 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3642 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3643 3644 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3645 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3646 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3647 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3648 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3649 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3650 Expr *Initializer); 3651 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3652 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3653 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3654 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3655 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3656 QualType AllocType, 3657 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3658 Expr *ArraySize, 3659 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3660 Expr *Initializer, 3661 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3662 3663 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3664 SourceRange R); 3665 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3666 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3667 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3668 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3669 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3670 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3671 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3672 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3673 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3674 bool Diagnose = true); 3675 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3676 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3677 QualType Argument, 3678 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3679 3680 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3681 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3682 bool Diagnose = true); 3683 3684 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3685 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3686 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3687 Expr *Operand); 3688 3689 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3690 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3691 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3692 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3693 3694 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3695 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3696 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3697 SourceLocation RParen); 3698 3699 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3700 /// pseudo-functions. 3701 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3702 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3703 ParsedType Ty, 3704 SourceLocation RParen); 3705 3706 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3707 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3708 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3709 SourceLocation RParen); 3710 3711 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3712 /// pseudo-functions. 3713 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3714 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3715 ParsedType LhsTy, 3716 ParsedType RhsTy, 3717 SourceLocation RParen); 3718 3719 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3720 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3721 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3722 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3723 SourceLocation RParen); 3724 3725 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3726 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3727 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3728 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3729 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3730 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3731 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3732 3733 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3734 /// pseudo-functions. 3735 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3736 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3737 ParsedType LhsTy, 3738 Expr *DimExpr, 3739 SourceLocation RParen); 3740 3741 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3742 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3743 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3744 Expr *DimExpr, 3745 SourceLocation RParen); 3746 3747 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3748 /// pseudo-functions. 3749 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3750 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3751 Expr *Queried, 3752 SourceLocation RParen); 3753 3754 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3755 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3756 Expr *Queried, 3757 SourceLocation RParen); 3758 3759 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3760 Expr *Base, 3761 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3762 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3763 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3764 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3765 3766 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3767 3768 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3769 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3770 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3771 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3772 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3773 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3774 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3775 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3776 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3777 3778 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3779 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3780 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3781 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3782 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3783 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3784 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3785 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3786 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3787 3788 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3789 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3790 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3791 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3792 const DeclSpec& DS, 3793 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3794 3795 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3796 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3797 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3798 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3799 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3800 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3801 3802 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3803 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3804 : SourceLocation()); 3805 } 3806 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3807 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3808 3809 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3810 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3811 3812 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3813 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3814 bool EnteringContext = false); 3815 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3816 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3817 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3818 3819 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3820 /// 3821 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3822 /// 3823 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3824 /// 3825 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3826 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3827 /// 3828 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3829 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3830 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3831 3832 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3833 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3834 3835 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3836 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3837 IdentifierInfo &II, 3838 ParsedType ObjectType); 3839 3840 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3841 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3842 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3843 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3844 QualType ObjectType, 3845 bool EnteringContext, 3846 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3847 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3848 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3849 3850 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3851 /// 3852 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3853 /// 3854 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3855 /// 3856 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3857 /// 3858 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3859 /// 3860 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3861 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3862 /// 3863 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3864 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3865 /// 3866 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3867 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3868 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3869 /// including this new type). 3870 /// 3871 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3872 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3873 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3874 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3875 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3876 ParsedType ObjectType, 3877 bool EnteringContext, 3878 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3879 3880 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3881 3882 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3883 const DeclSpec &DS, 3884 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3885 3886 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3887 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3888 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3889 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3890 ParsedType ObjectType, 3891 bool EnteringContext); 3892 3893 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3894 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3895 /// 3896 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3897 /// 3898 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3899 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3900 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3901 /// including this new type). 3902 /// 3903 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3904 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 3905 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3906 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3907 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3908 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3909 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3910 /// 3911 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3912 /// nested-name-specifier. 3913 /// 3914 /// 3915 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3916 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3917 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3918 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3919 TemplateTy Template, 3920 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3921 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3922 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3923 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3924 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3925 bool EnteringContext); 3926 3927 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3928 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3929 /// nested-name-specifier. 3930 /// 3931 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3932 /// 3933 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3934 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3935 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3936 3937 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3938 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3939 /// 3940 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3941 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3942 /// 3943 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3944 /// 3945 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3946 /// of the annotation pointer. 3947 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3948 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3949 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3950 3951 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3952 3953 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3954 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3955 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3956 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3957 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3958 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3959 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3960 3961 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3962 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3963 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3964 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3965 /// defining scope. 3966 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3967 3968 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3969 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3970 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3971 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3972 /// class X. 3973 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3974 3975 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3976 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3977 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3978 3979 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3980 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3981 bool KnownDependent = false); 3982 3983 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3984 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3985 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3986 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3987 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3988 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3989 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 3990 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 3991 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 3992 3993 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 3994 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 3995 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3996 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 3997 bool ExplicitParams, 3998 bool ExplicitResultType, 3999 bool Mutable); 4000 4001 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4002 /// given lambda. 4003 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4004 4005 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4006 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4007 4008 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4009 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4010 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4011 /// lambda. 4012 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4013 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4014 4015 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4016 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4017 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4018 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4019 4020 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4021 /// was successfully completed. 4022 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4023 Scope *CurScope, 4024 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4025 4026 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4027 /// function pointer. 4028 /// 4029 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4030 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4031 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4032 /// block pointer conversion. 4033 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4034 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4035 4036 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4037 /// block pointer. 4038 /// 4039 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4040 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4041 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4042 /// block pointer conversion. 4043 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4044 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4045 4046 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4047 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4048 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4049 Expr *Src); 4050 4051 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4052 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4053 Expr **Strings, 4054 unsigned NumStrings); 4055 4056 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4057 4058 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4059 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4060 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4061 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4062 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4063 bool Value); 4064 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4065 4066 // BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4067 // '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4068 // either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4069 // ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4070 // "char *" or "const char *". 4071 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4072 4073 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4074 Expr *IndexExpr, 4075 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4076 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4077 4078 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4079 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4080 unsigned NumElements); 4081 4082 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4083 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4084 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4085 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4086 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4087 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4088 4089 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4090 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4091 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4092 ParsedType Ty, 4093 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4094 4095 // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector 4096 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4097 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4098 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4099 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4100 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4101 4102 // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol 4103 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4104 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4105 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4106 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4107 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4108 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4109 4110 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4111 // C++ Declarations 4112 // 4113 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4114 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4115 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4116 StringRef Lang, 4117 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4118 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4119 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4120 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4121 4122 4123 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4124 // C++ Classes 4125 // 4126 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4127 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4128 4129 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4130 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4131 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4132 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4133 4134 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4135 Declarator &D, 4136 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4137 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4138 bool HasDeferredInit); 4139 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4140 Expr *Init); 4141 4142 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4143 Scope *S, 4144 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4145 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4146 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4147 const DeclSpec &DS, 4148 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4149 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4150 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4151 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4152 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4153 4154 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4155 Scope *S, 4156 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4157 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4158 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4159 const DeclSpec &DS, 4160 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4161 Expr *InitList, 4162 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4163 4164 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4165 Scope *S, 4166 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4167 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4168 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4169 const DeclSpec &DS, 4170 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4171 Expr *Init, 4172 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4173 4174 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4175 Expr *Init, 4176 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4177 4178 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4179 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4180 Expr *Init, 4181 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4182 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4183 4184 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4185 Expr *Init, 4186 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4187 4188 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4189 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4190 4191 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4192 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4193 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4194 4195 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4196 4197 4198 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4199 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4200 /// referenced. 4201 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4202 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4203 4204 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4205 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4206 /// first use occurred. 4207 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4208 4209 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4210 /// materialized. 4211 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4212 4213 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4214 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4215 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4216 /// by code generation). 4217 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4218 4219 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4220 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4221 4222 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4223 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4224 DynamicClassesType; 4225 4226 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4227 /// unit. 4228 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4229 4230 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4231 /// given location. 4232 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4233 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4234 4235 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4236 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4237 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4238 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4239 4240 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4241 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4242 /// vtables. 4243 /// 4244 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4245 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4246 4247 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4248 4249 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4250 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4251 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4252 unsigned NumMemInits, 4253 bool AnyErrors); 4254 4255 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4256 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4257 Decl *TagDecl, 4258 SourceLocation LBrac, 4259 SourceLocation RBrac, 4260 AttributeList *AttrList); 4261 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4262 4263 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4264 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4265 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4266 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4267 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4268 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4269 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4270 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4271 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4272 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4273 4274 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4275 Expr *AssertExpr, 4276 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4277 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4278 4279 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4280 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4281 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4282 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4283 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4284 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4285 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4286 4287 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4288 StorageClass& SC); 4289 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4290 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4291 StorageClass& SC); 4292 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4293 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4294 StorageClass& SC); 4295 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4296 4297 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4298 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4299 4300 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4301 // C++ Derived Classes 4302 // 4303 4304 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4305 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4306 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4307 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4308 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4309 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4310 4311 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4312 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4313 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4314 ParsedType basetype, 4315 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4316 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4317 4318 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4319 unsigned NumBases); 4320 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4321 unsigned NumBases); 4322 4323 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4324 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4325 4326 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4327 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4328 4329 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4330 4331 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4332 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4333 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4334 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4335 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4336 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4337 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4338 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4339 DeclarationName Name, 4340 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4341 4342 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4343 4344 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4345 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4346 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4347 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4348 4349 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4350 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4351 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4352 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4353 4354 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4355 4356 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4357 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4358 4359 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4360 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4361 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4362 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4363 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4364 4365 4366 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4367 // C++ Access Control 4368 // 4369 4370 enum AccessResult { 4371 AR_accessible, 4372 AR_inaccessible, 4373 AR_dependent, 4374 AR_delayed 4375 }; 4376 4377 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4378 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4379 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4380 4381 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4382 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4383 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4384 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4385 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4386 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4387 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4388 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4389 bool Diagnose = true); 4390 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4391 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4392 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4393 AccessSpecifier Access, 4394 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4395 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4396 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4397 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4398 AccessSpecifier Access, 4399 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4400 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4401 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4402 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4403 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4404 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4405 NamedDecl *D, 4406 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4407 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4408 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4409 Expr *ArgExpr, 4410 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4411 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4412 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4413 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4414 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4415 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4416 unsigned DiagID, 4417 bool ForceCheck = false, 4418 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4419 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4420 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4421 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4422 AccessSpecifier access, 4423 QualType objectType); 4424 4425 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4426 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4427 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4428 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4429 4430 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4431 4432 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4433 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4434 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4435 4436 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4437 AbstractNone = -1, 4438 AbstractReturnType, 4439 AbstractParamType, 4440 AbstractVariableType, 4441 AbstractFieldType, 4442 AbstractArrayType 4443 }; 4444 4445 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4446 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4447 template<typename T1> 4448 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4449 unsigned DiagID, 4450 const T1 &Arg1) { 4451 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4452 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4453 } 4454 4455 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4456 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4457 unsigned DiagID, 4458 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4459 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4460 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4461 } 4462 4463 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4464 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4465 unsigned DiagID, 4466 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4467 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4468 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4469 } 4470 4471 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4472 4473 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4474 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4475 4476 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4477 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4478 // 4479 4480 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4481 4482 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4483 4484 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4485 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4486 // 4487 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4488 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4489 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4490 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4491 4492 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4493 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4494 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4495 4496 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4497 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4498 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4499 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4500 ParsedType ObjectType, 4501 bool EnteringContext, 4502 TemplateTy &Template, 4503 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4504 4505 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4506 SourceLocation IILoc, 4507 Scope *S, 4508 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4509 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4510 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4511 4512 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4513 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4514 4515 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4516 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4517 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4518 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4519 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4520 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4521 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4522 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4523 4524 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4525 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4526 unsigned Depth, 4527 unsigned Position, 4528 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4529 Expr *DefaultArg); 4530 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4531 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4532 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4533 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4534 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4535 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4536 unsigned Depth, 4537 unsigned Position, 4538 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4539 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4540 4541 TemplateParameterList * 4542 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4543 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4544 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4545 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4546 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4547 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4548 4549 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4550 /// list. 4551 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4552 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4553 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4554 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4555 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4556 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4557 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4558 }; 4559 4560 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4561 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4562 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4563 TemplateParameterList * 4564 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4565 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4566 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4567 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4568 unsigned NumParamLists, 4569 bool IsFriend, 4570 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4571 bool &Invalid); 4572 4573 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4574 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4575 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4576 AttributeList *Attr, 4577 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4578 AccessSpecifier AS, 4579 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4580 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4581 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4582 4583 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4584 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4585 4586 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4587 4588 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4589 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4590 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4591 4592 TypeResult 4593 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4594 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4595 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4596 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4597 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4598 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4599 4600 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4601 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4602 /// 4603 /// \param TUK 4604 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4605 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4606 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4607 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4608 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4609 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4610 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4611 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4612 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4613 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4614 4615 4616 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4617 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4618 LookupResult &R, 4619 bool RequiresADL, 4620 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4621 4622 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4623 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4624 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4625 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4626 4627 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4628 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4629 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4630 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4631 ParsedType ObjectType, 4632 bool EnteringContext, 4633 TemplateTy &Template); 4634 4635 DeclResult 4636 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4637 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4638 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4639 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4640 TemplateTy Template, 4641 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4642 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4643 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4644 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4645 AttributeList *Attr, 4646 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4647 4648 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4650 Declarator &D); 4651 4652 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4653 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4654 Declarator &D); 4655 4656 bool 4657 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4658 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4659 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4660 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4661 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4662 bool &SuppressNew); 4663 4664 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4665 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4666 LookupResult &Previous); 4667 4668 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4669 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4670 LookupResult &Previous); 4671 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4672 4673 DeclResult 4674 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4675 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4676 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4677 unsigned TagSpec, 4678 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4679 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4680 TemplateTy Template, 4681 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4682 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4683 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4684 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4685 AttributeList *Attr); 4686 4687 DeclResult 4688 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4689 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4690 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4691 unsigned TagSpec, 4692 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4693 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4694 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4695 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4696 AttributeList *Attr); 4697 4698 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4699 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4700 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4701 Declarator &D); 4702 4703 TemplateArgumentLoc 4704 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4705 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4706 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4707 Decl *Param, 4708 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4709 4710 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4711 /// argument is being checked. 4712 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4713 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4714 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4715 CTAK_Specified, 4716 4717 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4718 /// deduction. 4719 CTAK_Deduced, 4720 4721 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4722 /// via template argument deduction. 4723 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4724 }; 4725 4726 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4727 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4728 NamedDecl *Template, 4729 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4730 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4731 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4732 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4733 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4734 4735 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4736 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4737 /// 4738 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4739 /// provided. 4740 /// 4741 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4742 /// 4743 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4744 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4745 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4746 /// arguments. 4747 /// 4748 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4749 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4750 /// set of template arguments. 4751 /// 4752 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4753 /// arguments. 4754 /// 4755 /// 4756 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4757 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4758 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4759 /// 4760 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4761 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4762 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4763 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4764 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4765 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4766 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4767 4768 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4769 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4770 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4771 4772 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4773 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4774 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4775 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4776 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4777 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4778 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4779 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4780 4781 ExprResult 4782 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4783 QualType ParamType, 4784 SourceLocation Loc); 4785 ExprResult 4786 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4787 SourceLocation Loc); 4788 4789 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4790 /// for equality. 4791 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4792 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4793 /// that might be redeclarations. 4794 /// 4795 /// \code 4796 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4797 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4798 /// \endcode 4799 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4800 4801 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4802 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4803 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4804 /// 4805 /// \code 4806 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4807 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4808 /// \endcode 4809 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4810 4811 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4812 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4813 /// template parameter. 4814 /// 4815 /// \code 4816 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4817 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4818 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4819 /// \endcode 4820 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4821 }; 4822 4823 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4824 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4825 bool Complain, 4826 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4827 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4828 = SourceLocation()); 4829 4830 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4831 4832 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4833 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4834 /// 4835 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4836 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4837 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4838 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4839 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4840 TypeResult 4841 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4842 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4843 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4844 4845 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4846 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4847 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4848 /// 4849 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4850 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4851 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4852 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4853 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4854 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4855 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4856 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4857 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4858 TypeResult 4859 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4860 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4861 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4862 TemplateTy Template, 4863 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4864 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4865 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4866 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4867 4868 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4869 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4870 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4871 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4872 SourceLocation IILoc); 4873 4874 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4875 SourceLocation Loc, 4876 DeclarationName Name); 4877 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4878 4879 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4880 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4881 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4882 4883 std::string 4884 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4885 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4886 4887 std::string 4888 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4889 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4890 unsigned NumArgs); 4891 4892 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4893 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4894 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4895 4896 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4897 /// being diagnosed. 4898 /// 4899 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4900 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4901 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4902 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4903 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4904 4905 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4906 UPPC_BaseType, 4907 4908 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4909 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4910 4911 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4912 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4913 4914 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4915 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4916 4917 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4918 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4919 4920 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4921 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4922 4923 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4924 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4925 4926 /// \brief A using declaration. 4927 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4928 4929 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4930 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4931 4932 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4933 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4934 4935 /// \brief An initializer. 4936 UPPC_Initializer, 4937 4938 /// \brief A default argument. 4939 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4940 4941 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4942 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4943 4944 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4945 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4946 4947 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4948 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4949 4950 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4951 UPPC_IfExists, 4952 4953 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4954 UPPC_IfNotExists 4955}; 4956 4957 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4958 /// 4959 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4960 /// 4961 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4962 /// parameter packs. 4963 /// 4964 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4965 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4966 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4967 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4968 4969 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4970 /// diagnose the error. 4971 /// 4972 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4973 /// 4974 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4975 /// packs. 4976 /// 4977 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4978 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 4979 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4980 4981 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 4982 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4983 /// 4984 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 4985 /// parameter packs. 4986 /// 4987 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4988 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 4989 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 4990 4991 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 4992 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 4993 /// 4994 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 4995 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 4996 /// 4997 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4998 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4999 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5000 5001 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5002 /// diagnose the error. 5003 /// 5004 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5005 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5006 /// 5007 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5008 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5009 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5010 5011 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5012 /// diagnose the error. 5013 /// 5014 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5015 /// 5016 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5017 /// parameter packs. 5018 /// 5019 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5020 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5021 TemplateName Template, 5022 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5023 5024 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5025 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5026 /// 5027 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5028 /// parameter packs. 5029 /// 5030 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5031 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5032 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5033 5034 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5035 /// template argument. 5036 /// 5037 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5038 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5039 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5040 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5041 5042 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5043 /// template argument. 5044 /// 5045 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5046 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5047 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5048 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5049 5050 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5051 /// type. 5052 /// 5053 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5054 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5055 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5056 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5057 5058 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5059 /// type. 5060 /// 5061 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5062 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5063 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5064 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5065 5066 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5067 /// nested-name-specifier. 5068 /// 5069 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5070 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5071 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5072 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5073 5074 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5075 /// name. 5076 /// 5077 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5078 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5079 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5080 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5081 5082 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5083 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5084 /// 5085 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5086 /// may already be invalid. 5087 /// 5088 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5089 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5090 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5091 5092 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5093 /// creates a pack expansion. 5094 /// 5095 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5096 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5097 /// 5098 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5099 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5100 5101 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5102 /// expansion. 5103 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5104 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5105 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5106 5107 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5108 /// expansion. 5109 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5110 SourceRange PatternRange, 5111 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5112 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5113 5114 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5115 /// creates a pack expansion. 5116 /// 5117 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5118 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5121 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5122 5123 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5124 /// creates a pack expansion. 5125 /// 5126 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5127 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5128 /// 5129 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5130 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5131 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5132 5133 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5134 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5135 /// transforming the pattern. 5136 /// 5137 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5138 /// pack expansion. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5141 /// the pack expansion. 5142 /// 5143 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5144 /// pattern. 5145 /// 5146 /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in 5147 /// \p Unexpanded. 5148 /// 5149 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5150 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5151 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5152 /// 5153 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5154 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5155 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5156 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5157 /// 5158 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5159 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5160 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5161 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5162 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5163 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5164 /// set this value in other cases. 5165 /// 5166 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5167 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5168 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5169 /// must be set. 5170 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5171 SourceRange PatternRange, 5172 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5173 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5174 bool &ShouldExpand, 5175 bool &RetainExpansion, 5176 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5177 5178 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5179 /// type. 5180 /// 5181 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5182 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5183 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5184 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5185 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5186 5187 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5188 /// parameter packs. 5189 /// 5190 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5191 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5192 /// 5193 /// \code 5194 /// void f(T...); 5195 /// \endcode 5196 /// 5197 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5198 /// a variadic function. 5199 /// 5200 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5201 /// false otherwise. 5202 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5203 5204 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5205 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5206 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5207 5208 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5209 /// 5210 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5211 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5212 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5213 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5214 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5215 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5216 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5217 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5218 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5219 TDK_Success = 0, 5220 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5221 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5222 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5223 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5224 /// for every template parameter. 5225 TDK_Incomplete, 5226 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5227 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5228 TDK_Inconsistent, 5229 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5230 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5231 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5232 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5233 TDK_Underqualified, 5234 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5235 /// resulted in an error. 5236 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5237 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5238 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5239 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5240 /// arguments provided. 5241 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5242 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5243 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5244 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5245 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5246 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5247 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5248 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5249 /// template arguments for the given template. 5250 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5251 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5252 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5253 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5254 }; 5255 5256 TemplateDeductionResult 5257 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5258 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5259 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5260 5261 TemplateDeductionResult 5262 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5263 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5264 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5265 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5266 QualType *FunctionType, 5267 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5268 5269 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5270 // deduction for a call. 5271 struct OriginalCallArg { 5272 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5273 unsigned ArgIdx, 5274 QualType OriginalArgType) 5275 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5276 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5277 5278 QualType OriginalParamType; 5279 unsigned ArgIdx; 5280 QualType OriginalArgType; 5281 }; 5282 5283 TemplateDeductionResult 5284 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5285 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5286 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5287 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5288 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5289 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5290 5291 TemplateDeductionResult 5292 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5293 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5294 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5295 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5296 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5297 5298 TemplateDeductionResult 5299 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5300 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5301 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5302 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5303 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5304 5305 TemplateDeductionResult 5306 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5307 QualType ToType, 5308 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5309 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5310 5311 TemplateDeductionResult 5312 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5313 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5314 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5315 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5316 5317 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5318 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5319 DAR_Succeeded, 5320 DAR_Failed, 5321 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5322 }; 5323 5324 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5325 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5326 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5327 5328 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5329 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5330 SourceLocation Loc, 5331 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5332 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5333 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5334 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5335 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5336 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5337 SourceLocation Loc, 5338 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5339 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5340 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5341 bool Complain = true, 5342 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5343 5344 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5345 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5346 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5347 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5348 SourceLocation Loc); 5349 5350 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5351 bool OnlyDeduced, 5352 unsigned Depth, 5353 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5354 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5355 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5356 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5357 } 5358 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5359 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5360 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5361 5362 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5363 // C++ Template Instantiation 5364 // 5365 5366 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5367 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5368 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5369 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5370 5371 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5372 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5373 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5374 enum InstantiationKind { 5375 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5376 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5377 TemplateInstantiation, 5378 5379 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5380 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5381 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5382 /// arguments as specified. 5383 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5384 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5385 5386 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5387 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5388 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5389 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5390 5391 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5392 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5393 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5394 5395 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5396 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5397 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5398 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5399 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5400 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5401 5402 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5403 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5404 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5405 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5406 5407 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5408 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5409 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5410 5411 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5412 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5413 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5414 } Kind; 5415 5416 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5417 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5418 5419 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5420 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5421 /// arguments. 5422 NamedDecl *Template; 5423 5424 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5425 uintptr_t Entity; 5426 5427 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5428 /// are not part of the entity. 5429 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5430 5431 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5432 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5433 5434 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5435 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5436 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5437 5438 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5439 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5440 /// template instantiation. 5441 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5442 5443 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5444 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5445 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5446 5447 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5448 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5449 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5450 5451 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5452 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5453 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5454 return false; 5455 5456 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5457 return false; 5458 5459 switch (X.Kind) { 5460 case TemplateInstantiation: 5461 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5462 return true; 5463 5464 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5465 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5466 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5467 return false; 5468 5469 // Fall through 5470 5471 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5472 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5473 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5474 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5475 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5476 5477 } 5478 5479 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5480 } 5481 5482 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5483 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5484 return !(X == Y); 5485 } 5486 }; 5487 5488 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5489 /// 5490 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5491 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5492 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5493 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5494 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5495 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5496 5497 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5498 /// template instantiation. 5499 /// 5500 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5501 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5502 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5503 5504 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5505 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5506 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5507 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5508 5509 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5510 /// error or warning was produced. 5511 /// 5512 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5513 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5514 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5515 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5516 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5517 5518 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5519 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5520 /// 5521 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5522 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5523 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5524 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5525 5526 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5527 /// within a \c Sema object. 5528 /// 5529 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5530 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5531 Sema &Self; 5532 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5533 5534 public: 5535 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5536 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5537 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5538 } 5539 5540 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5541 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5542 } 5543 }; 5544 5545 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5546 5547 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5548 /// 5549 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5550 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5551 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5552 5553 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5554 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5555 /// deduction. 5556 /// 5557 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5558 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5559 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5560 5561 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5562 /// instantiation. 5563 /// 5564 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5565 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5566 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5567 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5568 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5569 /// 5570 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5571 /// the stack. 5572 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5573 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5574 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5575 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5576 Decl *Entity, 5577 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5578 5579 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5580 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5581 /// of a function template. 5582 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5583 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5584 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5585 5586 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5587 /// template-id. 5588 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5589 TemplateDecl *Template, 5590 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5591 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5592 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5593 5594 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5595 /// template-id. 5596 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5597 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5598 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5599 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5600 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5601 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5602 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5603 5604 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5605 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5606 /// specialization. 5607 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5608 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5609 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5610 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5611 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5612 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5613 5614 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5615 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5616 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5617 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5618 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5619 5620 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5621 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5622 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5623 NamedDecl *Template, 5624 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5625 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5626 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5627 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5628 5629 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5630 NamedDecl *Template, 5631 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5632 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5633 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5634 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5635 5636 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5637 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5638 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5639 TemplateDecl *Template, 5640 NamedDecl *Param, 5641 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5642 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5643 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5644 5645 5646 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5647 void Clear(); 5648 5649 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5650 5651 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5652 /// recursive template instantiations. 5653 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5654 5655 private: 5656 Sema &SemaRef; 5657 bool Invalid; 5658 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5659 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5660 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5661 5662 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5663 5664 InstantiatingTemplate& 5665 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5666 }; 5667 5668 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5669 5670 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5671 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5672 /// errors. 5673 /// 5674 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5675 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5676 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5677 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5678 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5679 5680 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5681 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5682 /// deduction.` 5683 class SFINAETrap { 5684 Sema &SemaRef; 5685 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5686 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5687 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5688 5689 public: 5690 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5691 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5692 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5693 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5694 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5695 { 5696 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5697 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5698 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5699 } 5700 5701 ~SFINAETrap() { 5702 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5703 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5704 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5705 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5706 } 5707 5708 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5709 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5710 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5711 } 5712 }; 5713 5714 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5715 /// variables. 5716 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5717 5718 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5719 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5720 5721 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5722 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5723 5724 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5725 /// name lookup. 5726 /// 5727 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5728 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5729 /// string represents a keyword. 5730 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5731 5732 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5733 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5734 5735 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5736 /// 5737 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5738 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5739 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5740 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5741 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5742 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5743 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5744 5745 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5746 /// but have not yet been performed. 5747 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5748 5749 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5750 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5751 /// 5752 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5753 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5754 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5755 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5756 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5757 5758 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5759 5760 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5761 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5762 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5763 5764 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5765 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5766 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5767 5768 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5769 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5770 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5771 5772 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5773 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5774 SourceLocation Loc, 5775 DeclarationName Entity, 5776 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5777 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5778 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5779 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5780 int indexAdjustment, 5781 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5782 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5783 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5784 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5785 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5786 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5787 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5788 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5789 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5790 5791 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5792 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5793 /// 5794 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5795 /// 5796 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5797 /// 5798 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5799 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5800 /// 5801 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5802 /// 5803 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5804 /// 5805 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5806 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5807 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5808 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5809 5810 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5811 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5812 5813 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5814 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5815 5816 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5817 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5818 bool CXXDirectInit); 5819 5820 bool 5821 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5822 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5823 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5824 5825 bool 5826 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5827 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5828 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5829 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5830 bool Complain = true); 5831 5832 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5833 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5834 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5835 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5836 5837 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5838 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5839 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5840 Decl *NewDecl; 5841 5842 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5843 Decl *D) 5844 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5845 { } 5846 }; 5847 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5848 5849 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5850 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5851 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5852 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5853 5854 bool 5855 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5856 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5857 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5858 bool Complain = true); 5859 5860 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5861 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5862 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5863 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5864 5865 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5866 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5867 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5868 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5869 5870 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5871 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5872 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5873 5874 DeclarationNameInfo 5875 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5876 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5877 TemplateName 5878 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5879 SourceLocation Loc, 5880 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5881 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5882 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5883 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5884 5885 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5886 FunctionDecl *Function); 5887 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5888 FunctionDecl *Function, 5889 bool Recursive = false, 5890 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5891 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5892 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5893 VarDecl *Var, 5894 bool Recursive = false, 5895 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5896 5897 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5898 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5899 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5900 5901 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5902 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5903 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5904 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5905 5906 // Objective-C declarations. 5907 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5908 OCK_None = -1, 5909 OCK_Interface = 0, 5910 OCK_Protocol, 5911 OCK_Category, 5912 OCK_ClassExtension, 5913 OCK_Implementation, 5914 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5915 }; 5916 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5917 5918 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5919 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5920 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5921 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5922 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5923 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5924 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5925 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5926 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5927 AttributeList *AttrList); 5928 5929 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5930 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5931 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5932 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5933 5934 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5935 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5936 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5937 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5938 5939 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5940 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5941 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5942 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5943 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5944 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5945 AttributeList *AttrList); 5946 5947 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5948 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5949 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5950 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5951 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5952 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5953 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5954 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5955 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5956 5957 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5958 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5959 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5960 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5961 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5962 5963 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5964 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5965 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5966 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5967 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5968 5969 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5970 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5971 5972 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5973 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5974 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5975 unsigned NumElts); 5976 5977 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 5978 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 5979 unsigned NumElts, 5980 AttributeList *attrList); 5981 5982 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 5983 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 5984 unsigned NumProtocols, 5985 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 5986 5987 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 5988 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 5989 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 5990 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 5991 SourceLocation Loc, 5992 unsigned &Attributes); 5993 5994 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 5995 /// setters and getters as needed. 5996 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 5997 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 5998 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 5999 /// in class extension. 6000 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6001 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6002 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 6003 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6004 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6005 6006 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6007 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6008 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6009 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6010 6011 6012 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6013 6014 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6015 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6016 6017 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6018 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6019 6020 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6021 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6022 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6023 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6024 6025 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6026 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6027 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6028 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6029 bool *OverridingProperty, 6030 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6031 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6032 6033 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6034 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6035 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6036 bool ImplKind, 6037 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6038 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6039 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6040 6041 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6042 OSMK_None, 6043 OSMK_Alloc, 6044 OSMK_New, 6045 OSMK_Copy, 6046 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6047 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6048 }; 6049 6050 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6051 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6052 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6053 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6054 // in this case. 6055 ParsedType Type; 6056 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6057 6058 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6059 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6060 }; 6061 6062 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6063 Scope *S, 6064 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6065 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6066 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6067 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6068 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6069 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6070 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6071 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6072 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6073 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6074 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6075 6076 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6077 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6078 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6079 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6080 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6081 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6082 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6083 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6084 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6085 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6086 bool IsInstance); 6087 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6088 bool IsInstance); 6089 6090 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6091 6092 ExprResult 6093 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6094 Expr *BaseExpr, 6095 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6096 DeclarationName MemberName, 6097 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6098 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6099 bool Super); 6100 6101 ExprResult 6102 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6103 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6104 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6105 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6106 6107 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6108 6109 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6110 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6111 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6112 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6113 ObjCSuperMessage, 6114 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6115 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6116 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6117 /// name. 6118 ObjCClassMessage 6119 }; 6120 6121 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6122 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6123 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6124 bool IsSuper, 6125 bool HasTrailingDot, 6126 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6127 6128 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6129 Selector Sel, 6130 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6131 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6132 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6133 MultiExprArg Args); 6134 6135 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6136 QualType ReceiverType, 6137 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6138 Selector Sel, 6139 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6140 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6141 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6142 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6143 MultiExprArg Args, 6144 bool isImplicit = false); 6145 6146 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6147 bool isSuperReceiver, 6148 SourceLocation Loc, 6149 Selector Sel, 6150 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6151 MultiExprArg Args); 6152 6153 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6154 ParsedType Receiver, 6155 Selector Sel, 6156 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6157 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6158 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6159 MultiExprArg Args); 6160 6161 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6162 QualType ReceiverType, 6163 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6164 Selector Sel, 6165 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6166 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6167 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6168 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6169 MultiExprArg Args, 6170 bool isImplicit = false); 6171 6172 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6173 QualType ReceiverType, 6174 SourceLocation Loc, 6175 Selector Sel, 6176 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6177 MultiExprArg Args); 6178 6179 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6180 Expr *Receiver, 6181 Selector Sel, 6182 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6183 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6184 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6185 MultiExprArg Args); 6186 6187 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6188 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6189 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6190 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6191 Expr *SubExpr); 6192 6193 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6194 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6195 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6196 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6197 ParsedType Type, 6198 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6199 Expr *SubExpr); 6200 6201 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6202 6203 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6204 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6205 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6206 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6207 bool IsImplementation); 6208 6209 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6210 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6211 RTC_Compatible, 6212 RTC_Incompatible, 6213 RTC_Unknown 6214 }; 6215 6216 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6217 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6218 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6219 6220 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6221 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6222 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6223 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6224 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6225 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6226 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6227 }; 6228 6229 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align. 6230 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6231 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6232 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6233 6234 enum PragmaPackKind { 6235 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6236 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6237 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6238 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6239 }; 6240 6241 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6242 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6243 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6244 }; 6245 6246 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...). 6247 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6248 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6249 Expr *Alignment, 6250 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6251 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6252 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6253 6254 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off]. 6255 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6256 6257 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'. 6258 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6259 Scope *curScope, 6260 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6261 6262 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... . 6263 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6264 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6265 6266 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6267 SourceLocation Loc); 6268 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6269 6270 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident. 6271 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6272 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6273 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6274 6275 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6276 /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6277 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6278 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6279 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6280 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6281 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6282 6283 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident. 6284 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6285 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6286 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6287 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6288 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6289 6290 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6291 /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6292 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6293 6294 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6295 /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'. 6296 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6297 6298 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6299 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6300 6301 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6302 void FreePackedContext(); 6303 6304 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6305 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6306 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6307 SourceLocation Loc); 6308 6309 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6310 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6311 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6312 6313 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6314 /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6315 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6316 6317 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6318 void FreeVisContext(); 6319 6320 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6321 /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6322 /// the appropriate attribute. 6323 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6324 6325 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6326 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6327 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6328 6329 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6330 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6331 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6332 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6333 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6334 CCK_CStyleCast, 6335 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6336 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6337 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6338 CCK_OtherCast 6339 }; 6340 6341 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6342 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6343 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6344 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6345 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6346 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6347 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6348 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6349 6350 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6351 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6352 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6353 6354 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6355 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6356 /// required. 6357 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6358 6359 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6360 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6361 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6362 6363 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6364 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6365 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6366 6367 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6368 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6369 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6370 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6371 6372 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6373 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6374 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6375 // type. 6376 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6377 6378 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6379 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6380 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6381 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6382 6383 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6384 enum VariadicCallType { 6385 VariadicFunction, 6386 VariadicBlock, 6387 VariadicMethod, 6388 VariadicConstructor, 6389 VariadicDoesNotApply 6390 }; 6391 6392 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6393 /// form of call prototypes. 6394 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6395 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6396 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6397 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6398 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6399 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6400 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6401 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6402 6403 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6404 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6405 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6406 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6407 6408 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6409 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6410 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6411 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6412 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6413 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6414 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6415 6416 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6417 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6418 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6419 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6420 /// source and destination type. 6421 enum AssignConvertType { 6422 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6423 Compatible, 6424 6425 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6426 /// accept as an extension. 6427 PointerToInt, 6428 6429 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6430 /// accept as an extension. 6431 IntToPointer, 6432 6433 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6434 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6435 FunctionVoidPointer, 6436 6437 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6438 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6439 IncompatiblePointer, 6440 6441 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6442 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6443 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6444 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6445 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6446 6447 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6448 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6449 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6450 6451 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6452 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6453 /// like address spaces. 6454 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6455 6456 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6457 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6458 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6459 /// extension. 6460 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6461 6462 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6463 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6464 IncompatibleVectors, 6465 6466 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6467 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6468 IntToBlockPointer, 6469 6470 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6471 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6472 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6473 6474 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6475 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6476 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6477 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6478 6479 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6480 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6481 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6482 6483 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6484 /// represent it in the AST. 6485 Incompatible 6486 }; 6487 6488 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6489 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6490 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6491 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6492 SourceLocation Loc, 6493 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6494 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6495 bool *Complained = 0); 6496 6497 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6498 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6499 /// C99 6.5.16. 6500 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6501 QualType LHSType, 6502 QualType RHSType); 6503 6504 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6505 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6506 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6507 ExprResult &RHS, 6508 CastKind &Kind); 6509 6510 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6511 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6512 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6513 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6514 ExprResult &RHS, 6515 bool Diagnose = true); 6516 6517 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6518 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6519 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6520 ExprResult &RHS); 6521 6522 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6523 6524 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6525 6526 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6527 AssignmentAction Action, 6528 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6529 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6530 AssignmentAction Action, 6531 bool AllowExplicit, 6532 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6533 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6534 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6535 AssignmentAction Action, 6536 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6537 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6538 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6539 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6540 AssignmentAction Action, 6541 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6542 6543 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6544 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6545 6546 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6547 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6548 ExprResult &RHS); 6549 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6550 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6551 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6552 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6553 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6554 bool IsDivide); 6555 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6556 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6557 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6558 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6559 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6560 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6561 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6562 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6563 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6564 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6565 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6566 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6567 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6568 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6569 bool isRelational); 6570 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6571 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6572 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6573 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6574 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6575 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6576 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6577 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6578 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6579 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6580 6581 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6582 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6583 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6584 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6585 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6586 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6587 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6588 6589 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6590 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6591 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6592 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6593 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6594 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6595 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6596 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6597 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6598 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6599 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6600 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6601 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6602 NonStandardCompositeType); 6603 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6604 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6605 return Composite; 6606 } 6607 6608 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6609 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6610 6611 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6612 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6613 6614 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6615 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6616 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6617 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6618 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6619 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6620 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6621 SourceLocation Loc); 6622 6623 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6624 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6625 6626 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6627 6628 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6629 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6630 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6631 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6632 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6633 /// reference binding is not possible. 6634 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6635 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6636 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6637 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6638 Ref_Related, 6639 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6640 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6641 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6642 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6643 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6644 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6645 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6646 Ref_Compatible 6647 }; 6648 6649 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6650 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6651 bool &DerivedToBase, 6652 bool &ObjCConversion, 6653 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6654 6655 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6656 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6657 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6658 6659 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6660 /// given type. 6661 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6662 6663 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6664 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6665 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6666 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6667 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6668 CastKind &Kind); 6669 6670 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6671 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6672 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6673 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6674 // returns the cast expr 6675 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6676 CastKind &Kind); 6677 6678 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6679 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6680 Expr *CastExpr, 6681 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6682 6683 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6684 6685 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6686 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6687 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6688 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6689 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6690 6691 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6692 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6693 6694 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6695 QualType ExprType); 6696 6697 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6698 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6699 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6700 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6701 6702 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6703 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6704 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6705 6706 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6707 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6708 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6709 6710 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6711 /// \param Method - May be null. 6712 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6713 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6714 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6715 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6716 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6717 bool isSuperMessage, 6718 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6719 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6720 6721 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6722 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6723 /// and the form of the message send. 6724 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6725 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6726 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6727 6728 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6729 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6730 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6731 6732 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6733 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6734 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6735 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6736 /// 6737 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6738 /// 'if' keyword. 6739 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6740 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6741 6742 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6743 Expr *SubExpr); 6744 6745 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6746 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6747 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6748 6749 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6750 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6751 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6752 6753 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6754 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6755 6756 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6757 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6758 /// the specified diagnostic. 6759 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6760 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6761 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6762 6763 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6764 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6765 /// in the global scope. 6766 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6767 6768 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6769 /// expression violations. 6770 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6771 public: 6772 bool Suppress; 6773 6774 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6775 6776 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6777 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6778 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6779 }; 6780 6781 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6782 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6783 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6784 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6785 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6786 bool AllowFold = true); 6787 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6788 unsigned DiagID, 6789 bool AllowFold = true); 6790 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6791 6792 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6793 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6794 /// Returns false on success. 6795 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6796 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6797 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6798 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6799 6800 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6801 CFT_Device, 6802 CFT_Global, 6803 CFT_Host, 6804 CFT_HostDevice 6805 }; 6806 6807 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6808 6809 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6810 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6811 6812 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6813 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6814 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6815 } 6816 6817 /// \name Code completion 6818 //@{ 6819 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6820 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6821 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6822 PCC_Namespace, 6823 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6824 PCC_Class, 6825 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6826 /// or category. 6827 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6828 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6829 /// category implementation 6830 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6831 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6832 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6833 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6834 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6835 /// headers. 6836 PCC_Template, 6837 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6838 /// headers within a class. 6839 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6840 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6841 PCC_Expression, 6842 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6843 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6844 PCC_Statement, 6845 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6846 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6847 PCC_ForInit, 6848 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6849 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6850 PCC_Condition, 6851 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6852 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6853 /// in the grammar. 6854 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6855 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6856 PCC_Type, 6857 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6858 /// might also be a type cast. 6859 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6860 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6861 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6862 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6863 }; 6864 6865 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6866 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6867 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6868 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6869 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6870 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6871 6872 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6873 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6874 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6875 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6876 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6877 bool IsArrow); 6878 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6879 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6880 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6881 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6882 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6883 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6884 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6885 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6886 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6887 6888 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6889 bool EnteringContext); 6890 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6891 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6892 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6893 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6894 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6895 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6896 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6897 unsigned NumInitializers); 6898 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6899 bool AfterAmpersand); 6900 6901 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6902 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6903 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6904 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6905 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6906 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6907 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6908 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6909 bool IsParameter); 6910 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6911 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6912 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6913 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6914 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6915 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6916 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6917 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6918 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6919 bool IsSuper = false); 6920 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6921 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6922 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6923 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6924 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6925 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6926 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6927 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6928 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6929 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6930 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6931 unsigned NumProtocols); 6932 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6933 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6934 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6935 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6936 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6937 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6938 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6939 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6940 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6941 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6942 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6943 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6944 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6945 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6946 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6947 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6948 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6949 ParsedType ReturnType); 6950 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6951 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6952 bool AtParameterName, 6953 ParsedType ReturnType, 6954 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6955 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6956 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6957 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6958 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6959 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6960 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6961 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6962 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6963 unsigned Argument); 6964 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6965 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6966 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6967 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6968 //@} 6969 6970 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6971 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6972 6973public: 6974 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6975 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6976 6977private: 6978 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6979 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6980 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6981 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6982 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6983 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 6984 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 6985 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6986 6987 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 6988 6989 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6990 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6991 6992 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 6993 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 6994 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 6995 6996public: 6997 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 6998 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 6999 7000private: 7001 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7002 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7003 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7004 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7005 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7006 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7007 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7008 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7009 7010 enum FormatStringType { 7011 FST_Scanf, 7012 FST_Printf, 7013 FST_NSString, 7014 FST_Strftime, 7015 FST_Strfmon, 7016 FST_Kprintf, 7017 FST_Unknown 7018 }; 7019 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7020 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7021 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7022 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7023 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7024 7025 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7026 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7027 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7028 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7029 7030 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7031 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7032 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7033 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7034 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7035 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7036 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7037 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7038 7039 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7040 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7041 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7042 7043 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7044 unsigned BId, 7045 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7046 7047 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7048 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7049 7050 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7051 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7052 7053 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7054 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7055 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7056 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7057 7058 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7059 Expr *Init); 7060 7061 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7062 /// 7063 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7064 Scope *CurScope; 7065 7066protected: 7067 friend class Parser; 7068 friend class InitializationSequence; 7069 friend class ASTReader; 7070 friend class ASTWriter; 7071 7072public: 7073 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7074 /// 7075 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7076 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7077 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7078 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7079 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7080 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7081 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7082 7083 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7084 7085 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7086 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7087 } 7088 7089 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7090}; 7091 7092/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7093class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7094 Sema &Actions; 7095 7096public: 7097 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7098 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7099 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7100 bool IsDecltype = false) 7101 : Actions(Actions) { 7102 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7103 IsDecltype); 7104 } 7105 7106 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7107 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7108 } 7109}; 7110 7111} // end namespace clang 7112 7113#endif 7114